From cf4575b94a3c65e6535a159fc71fc885aebc2620 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
Date: Fri, 2 Aug 2019 14:02:40 -0700
Subject: Fix the LUFA lib to use a submodule instead of just files (#6245)
* Remove LUFA files
* Update descriptions for newer version of LUFA
* Create PR6245.md
* Fix CDC(Serial) type errors
* Fix missed merge conflict for AUDIO_DTYPE_CSInterface
---
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h | 48 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h | 93 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c | 257 --
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h | 87 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c | 534 ---
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h | 86 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt | 135 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c | 98 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h | 55 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c | 4139 --------------------
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h | 337 --
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h | 191 -
.../Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h | 38 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c | 159 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h | 126 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c | 344 --
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h | 89 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c | 331 --
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h | 112 -
.../TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt | 166 -
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt | 675 ----
.../TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs | 181 -
.../TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs | 179 -
.../TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx | 120 -
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll | Bin 9216 -> 0 bytes
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll | Bin 24576 -> 0 bytes
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll | Bin 94208 -> 0 bytes
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs | 21 -
.../TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs | 36 -
.../Properties/Resources.Designer.cs | 63 -
.../TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx | 117 -
.../TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs | 26 -
.../TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings | 7 -
.../TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt | 24 -
.../TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj | 99 -
.../TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py | 99 -
.../TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt | 86 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml | 72 -
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile | 2397 ------------
lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile | 44 -
40 files changed, 11671 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
delete mode 100644 lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
(limited to 'lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger')
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fcfcb2590..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
- * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
- * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
- * makefile or build system.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the
- * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
- #define DUMMY_RTC
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7d7e6270..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- * a makefile.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
- #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
- #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
- #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
- #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
- #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
- #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
- #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c07a58878..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-
-/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
- * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
- * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
- * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
- * more details on HID report descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
-{
- /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
- * Vendor Usage Page: 1
- * Vendor Collection Usage: 1
- * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
- * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
- * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
- */
- HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
-};
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
- .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
- .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
- .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2063,
- .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
- .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 2,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .MS_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
- .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
- .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MS_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-
- .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-
- .HID_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 1,
-
- .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
- .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
- .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .HID_GenericHID =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
-
- .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
- .CountryCode = 0x00,
- .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
- .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
- .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
- },
-
- .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
- },
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- const void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- switch (DescriptorNumber)
- {
- case STRING_ID_Language:
- Address = &LanguageString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
- Address = &ManufacturerString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case STRING_ID_Product:
- Address = &ProductString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_DTYPE_HID:
- Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
- Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
- break;
- case HID_DTYPE_Report:
- Address = &GenericReport;
- Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ffbd65d46..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "TempDataLogger.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
-
- /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
-
- /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
- #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
- #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 16
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
- #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE sizeof(Device_Report_t)
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
- // Mass Storage Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
-
- // Settings Management Generic HID Interface
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
- USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
- * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
- * interface from other descriptors.
- */
- enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
- {
- INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
- INTERFACE_ID_HID = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
- * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
- * other descriptors.
- */
- enum StringDescriptors_t
- {
- STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
- STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
- STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint16_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b1111ce39..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,534 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
- * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
- * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
- * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
-#include "DataflashManager.h"
-
-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
- * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
- * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
- */
-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
- bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-#endif
-
- /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
-
- /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
-
- /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
- if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
-
- /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
- if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
-
- /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
-
- /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-
- /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
- * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
- * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
- */
-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
-
- /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
-
- /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
-
- /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
- * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
- * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
- * Dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
- * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
- */
-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
- bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-#endif
-
- /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
-
- /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
- if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
-
- /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
- if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
- for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
- Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
-
- /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-
- /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
- * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
- * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
- * the files stored on the Dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
- * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
- */
-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- uint8_t* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
- for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
- *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
-void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
-{
- /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-
- /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
- if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-
- /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
- }
-
- /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-
- /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
- if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-
- /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnByte;
-
- /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
- ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
- if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
- return false;
-
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
- ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
- if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
- return false;
- #endif
-
- return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f0feeb67b..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
-#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
- #include "../Descriptors.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
- #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
- #endif
-
- /* Defines: */
- /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
-
- /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
- * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
- */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
-
- /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
- * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
- */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks);
- void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks);
- void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
- bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 80d8843d1..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
-
-
-FILES
-
- ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module.
- ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module.
- ff.c FatFs module.
- diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
- diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
- integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs.
- option Optional external functions.
-
- Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
- module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
- storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
- to control your storage device.
-
-
-
-AGREEMENTS
-
- FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
- small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
- research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
-
- Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
-
- * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
- * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
- personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
- * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-
-
-
-REVISION HISTORY
-
- Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype
-
- Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release.
-
- Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12.
- Removed unbuffered mode.
- Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
-
- Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
-
- Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename.
- Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
-
- Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
- Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
-
- Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
- Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
- Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
- Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
-
- Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
- Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
- Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
- Added minimization level 3.
- Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
- existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
-
- May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
- Added FSInfo support.
- Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
- Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
- Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
-
- Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
- Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
- Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
- Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
-
- Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate().
- Added f_utime().
- Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
- Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
- Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
-
- Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
- Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
- Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
-
- Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
- Added long file name support.
- Added multiple code page support.
- Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
- Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
- Added rewind option to f_readdir().
- Changed result code of critical errors.
- Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
-
- Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
- Added multiple sector size support.
-
- Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
- Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
- Added relative path feature.
- Added f_chdir().
- Added f_chdrive().
- Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
-
- Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
- Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
- Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
- Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
- Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
-
- May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
- Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
- Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
- Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
- Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
- String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
-
- Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
- Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
- Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
- Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
- Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
-
- Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
- f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
- Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
- Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
-
- Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
- Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
-
- Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
- Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
- Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cc8cd404..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
-/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include "diskio.h"
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Initialize a Drive */
-
-DSTATUS disk_initialize (
- BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
-)
-{
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Return Disk Status */
-
-DSTATUS disk_status (
- BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
-)
-{
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read Sector(s) */
-
-DRESULT disk_read (
- BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
- BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */
- DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
- BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
-)
-{
- DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
- return RES_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Write Sector(s) */
-
-#if _READONLY == 0
-DRESULT disk_write (
- BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
- const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */
- DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
- BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
-)
-{
- DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
- return RES_OK;
-}
-#endif /* _READONLY */
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Miscellaneous Functions */
-
-DRESULT disk_ioctl (
- BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
- BYTE ctrl, /* Control code */
- void *buff /* Buffer to send/receive control data */
-)
-{
- if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)
- return RES_OK;
- else
- return RES_PARERR;
-}
-
-
-DWORD get_fattime (void)
-{
- TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate;
-
- RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate);
-
-
- return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) |
- ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) |
- ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) |
- ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) |
- ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) |
- (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0);
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d3c3149a5..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-/ Low level disk interface module include file
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
-#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "integer.h"
-
-#include "../DataflashManager.h"
-
-
-/* Status of Disk Functions */
-typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
-
-/* Results of Disk Functions */
-typedef enum {
- RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */
- RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */
- RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */
- RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */
- RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */
-} DRESULT;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------*/
-/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
-
-DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
-DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
-DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
-#if _READONLY == 0
-DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
-#endif
-DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
-
-
-/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
-
-#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
-#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
-#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */
-
-/* Generic command */
-#define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Mandatory for write functions */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 059b5885a..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4139 +0,0 @@
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
-/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
-/ developments under license policy of following terms.
-/
-/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
-/
-/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
-/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-/
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype.
-/
-/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version.
-/
-/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support.
-/ Removed unbuffered mode.
-/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
-/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
-/
-/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename().
-/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
-/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
-/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
-/
-/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system.
-/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
-/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
-/ Added f_mkfs().
-/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
-/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
-/ Added minimization level 3.
-/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
-/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
-/ Added FSInfo support.
-/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
-/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
-/
-/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
-/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
-/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
-/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
-/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
-/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
-/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
-/
-/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
-/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
-/
-/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
-/ Added long file name feature.
-/ Added multiple code page feature.
-/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
-/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
-/ Added rewind option to f_readdir().
-/ Changed result code of critical errors.
-/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
-/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
-/ Added multiple sector size feature.
-/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
-/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
-/ Added relative path feature.
-/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
-/ Added proper case conversion to extended char.
-/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
-/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
-/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
-/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
-/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
-/
-/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
-/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
-/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
-/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
-/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
-/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
-/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
-/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
-/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
-/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
-/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
-/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
-/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
-/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
-/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
-/
-/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
-/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
-/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
-/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
-/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
-/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */
-#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Module Private Definitions
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */
-#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
-#endif
-
-
-/* Definitions on sector size */
-#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
-#error Wrong sector size.
-#endif
-#if _MAX_SS != 512
-#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */
-#else
-#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */
-#endif
-
-
-/* Reentrancy related */
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
-#if _USE_LFN == 1
-#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
-#endif
-#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
-#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
-#else
-#define ENTER_FF(fs)
-#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res
-#endif
-
-#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
-
-
-/* File access control feature */
-#if _FS_LOCK
-#if _FS_READONLY
-#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
-#endif
-typedef struct {
- FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
- DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */
- WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */
- WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
-} FILESEM;
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
-
-#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */
-#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
-#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
-#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
-#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
-#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
-#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
-#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
-#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */
-#define _DF1S 0x81
-#define _DF1E 0xFE
-#define _DS1S 0x40
-#define _DS1E 0x7E
-#define _DS2S 0x80
-#define _DS2E 0xFE
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */
-#define _DF1S 0x81
-#define _DF1E 0xFE
-#define _DS1S 0x41
-#define _DS1E 0x5A
-#define _DS2S 0x61
-#define _DS2E 0x7A
-#define _DS3S 0x81
-#define _DS3E 0xFE
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
-#define _DF1S 0x81
-#define _DF1E 0xFE
-#define _DS1S 0x40
-#define _DS1E 0x7E
-#define _DS2S 0xA1
-#define _DS2E 0xFE
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
- 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
- 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
- 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
- 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
- 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
-#define _DF1S 0
-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
- 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
- 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
-
-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
-#if _USE_LFN
-#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
-#endif
-#define _DF1S 0
-
-#else
-#error Unknown code page
-
-#endif
-
-
-/* Character code support macros */
-#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
-#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
-#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
-
-#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */
-
-#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */
-#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
-#else /* One 1st byte area */
-#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */
-#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
-#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */
-#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
-#endif
-
-#else /* Code page is SBCS */
-
-#define IsDBCS1(c) 0
-#define IsDBCS2(c) 0
-
-#endif /* _DF1S */
-
-
-/* Name status flags */
-#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
-#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */
-#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */
-#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */
-#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */
-#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */
-#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */
-
-
-/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
-/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
-#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
-#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
-
-
-/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
-/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
-/ different platforms */
-
-#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */
-#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */
-#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */
-#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
-#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
-#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */
-#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
-#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */
-#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */
-#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */
-#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */
-#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */
-#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
-#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */
-#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */
-#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
-#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */
-#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */
-#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */
-#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */
-#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */
-#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */
-#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */
-#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
-#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
-#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */
-#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
-#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */
-#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */
-#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */
-#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
-#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
-#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
-#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
-#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
-#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
-#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */
-
-#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */
-#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */
-#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */
-#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */
-#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */
-#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */
-#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */
-#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
-#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */
-#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */
-#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
-#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */
-#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
-#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */
-#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */
-#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
-#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */
-#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */
-#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
-#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
-#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Module private work area */
-/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
-/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
-/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
-*/
-
-#if _VOLUMES
-static
-FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
-#else
-#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
-#endif
-
-static
-WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
-
-#if _FS_RPATH
-static
-BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */
-#endif
-
-#if _FS_LOCK
-static
-FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */
-#endif
-
-#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */
-#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
-#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn
-#define FREE_BUF()
-
-#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */
-static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
-#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
-#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
-#define FREE_BUF()
-
-#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
-#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
-#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
-#define FREE_BUF()
-
-#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
-#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
-#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
- if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
- (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; }
-#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn)
-
-#else
-#error Wrong LFN configuration.
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Module Private Functions
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* String functions */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Copy memory to memory */
-static
-void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
- BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
- const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
-
-#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
- while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
- *(int*)d = *(int*)s;
- d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
- cnt -= sizeof (int);
- }
-#endif
- while (cnt--)
- *d++ = *s++;
-}
-
-/* Fill memory */
-static
-void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
- BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
-
- while (cnt--)
- *d++ = (BYTE)val;
-}
-
-/* Compare memory to memory */
-static
-int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
- const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
- int r = 0;
-
- while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
- return r;
-}
-
-/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
-static
-int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
- while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
- return *str;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
-
-static
-int lock_fs (
- FATFS *fs /* File system object */
-)
-{
- return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
-}
-
-
-static
-void unlock_fs (
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */
-)
-{
- if (fs &&
- res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
- res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
- res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
- res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
- ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* File lock control functions */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _FS_LOCK
-
-static
-FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */
- DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
- int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
-)
-{
- UINT i, be;
-
- /* Search file semaphore table */
- for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
- if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */
- if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */
- Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
- Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
- } else { /* Blank entry */
- be++;
- }
- }
- if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */
- return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
-
- /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
- return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-static
-int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
-{
- UINT i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
- return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
-}
-
-
-static
-UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
- DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
- int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
-)
-{
- UINT i;
-
-
- for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */
- if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
- Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
- Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
- }
-
- if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */
- for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
- if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */
- Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
- Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
- Files[i].idx = dj->index;
- Files[i].ctr = 0;
- }
-
- if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */
-
- Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */
-
- return i + 1;
-}
-
-
-static
-FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */
- UINT i /* Semaphore index */
-)
-{
- WORD n;
- FRESULT res;
-
-
- if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
- n = Files[i].ctr;
- if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
- if (n) n--;
- Files[i].ctr = n;
- if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
- res = FR_OK;
- } else {
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
- }
- return res;
-}
-
-
-static
-void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */
- FATFS *fs
-)
-{
- UINT i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
- if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Change window offset */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT move_window (
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
-) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
-{
- DWORD wsect;
-
-
- wsect = fs->winsect;
- if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */
- if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- fs->wflag = 0;
- if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */
- BYTE nf;
- for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
- wsect += fs->fsize;
- disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- if (sector) {
- if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- fs->winsect = sector;
- }
- }
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Clean-up cached data */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
- FATFS *fs /* File system object */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
-
-
- res = move_window(fs, 0);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
- if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
- fs->winsect = 0;
- /* Create FSInfo structure */
- mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
- ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
- ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
- ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
- ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
- ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
- /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
- disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
- fs->fsi_flag = 0;
- }
- /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
- if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
- res = FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get sector# from cluster# */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */
-)
-{
- clst -= 2;
- if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */
- return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */
-)
-{
- UINT wc, bc;
- BYTE *p;
-
-
- if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */
- return 1;
-
- switch (fs->fs_type) {
- case FS_FAT12 :
- bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
- if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
- wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
- if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
- wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
- return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
-
- case FS_FAT16 :
- if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
- p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
- return LD_WORD(p);
-
- case FS_FAT32 :
- if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
- p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
- return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
- }
-
- return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-
-FRESULT put_fat (
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
- DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */
-)
-{
- UINT bc;
- BYTE *p;
- FRESULT res;
-
-
- if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
-
- } else {
- switch (fs->fs_type) {
- case FS_FAT12 :
- bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
- res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
- *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
- bc++;
- fs->wflag = 1;
- res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
- *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
- break;
-
- case FS_FAT16 :
- res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
- ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
- break;
-
- case FS_FAT32 :
- res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
- val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
- ST_DWORD(p, val);
- break;
-
- default :
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
- }
- fs->wflag = 1;
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-FRESULT remove_chain (
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD nxt;
-#if _USE_ERASE
- DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
-#endif
-
- if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
-
- } else {
- res = FR_OK;
- while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */
- nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */
- if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */
- if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */
- if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */
- res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */
- fs->free_clust++;
- fs->fsi_flag = 1;
- }
-#if _USE_ERASE
- if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */
- ecl = nxt;
- } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */
- rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */
- rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */
- disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */
- scl = ecl = nxt;
- }
-#endif
- clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
-)
-{
- DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
- FRESULT res;
-
-
- if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */
- scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */
- if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
- }
- else { /* Stretch the current chain */
- cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */
- if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */
- if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */
- scl = clst;
- }
-
- ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */
- for (;;) {
- ncl++; /* Next cluster */
- if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */
- ncl = 2;
- if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
- }
- cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */
- if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */
- if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
- return cs;
- if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
- }
-
- res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
- if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
- res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */
- if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
- fs->free_clust--;
- fs->fsi_flag = 1;
- }
- } else {
- ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
- }
-
- return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */
-}
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
-static
-DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
- FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
- DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
-)
-{
- DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
-
-
- tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */
- cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */
- for (;;) {
- ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */
- if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */
- if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */
- cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */
- }
- return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */
-}
-#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Set directory index */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_sdi (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
- WORD idx /* Index of directory table */
-)
-{
- DWORD clst;
- WORD ic;
-
-
- dj->index = idx;
- clst = dj->sclust;
- if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */
- return FR_INT_ERR;
- if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
- clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
-
- if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
- dj->clust = clst;
- if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */
- return FR_INT_ERR;
- dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
- }
- else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
- ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */
- while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */
- clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */
- if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */
- return FR_INT_ERR;
- idx -= ic;
- }
- dj->clust = clst;
- dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
- }
-
- dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
-
- return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
- int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
-)
-{
- DWORD clst;
- WORD i;
-
-
- stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
- i = dj->index + 1;
- if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
- return FR_NO_FILE;
-
- if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */
- dj->sect++; /* Next sector */
-
- if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */
- if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */
- return FR_NO_FILE;
- }
- else { /* Dynamic table */
- if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
- clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */
- if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- BYTE c;
- if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */
- clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */
- if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */
- if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- /* Clean-up stretched table */
- if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */
- mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */
- dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */
- for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
- dj->fs->wflag = 1;
- if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- dj->fs->winsect++;
- }
- dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */
-#else
- return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */
-#endif
- }
- dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */
- dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
- }
- }
- }
-
- dj->index = i;
- dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-DWORD ld_clust (
- FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */
- BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
-)
-{
- DWORD cl;
-
- cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
- if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
- cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
-
- return cl;
-}
-
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-void st_clust (
- BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
- DWORD cl /* Value to be set */
-)
-{
- ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
- ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_LFN
-static
-const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
-
-
-static
-int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
- WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
- BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
-)
-{
- UINT i, s;
- WCHAR wc, uc;
-
-
- i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
- s = 0; wc = 1;
- do {
- uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
- if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
- wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */
- if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */
- return 0; /* Not matched */
- } else {
- if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
- }
- } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
-
- if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */
- return 0;
-
- return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */
-}
-
-
-
-static
-int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
- WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
- BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
-)
-{
- UINT i, s;
- WCHAR wc, uc;
-
-
- i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */
-
- s = 0; wc = 1;
- do {
- uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
- if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
- if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
- lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */
- } else {
- if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
- }
- } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */
-
- if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
- if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
- lfnbuf[i] = 0;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-void fit_lfn (
- const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
- BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
- BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */
- BYTE sum /* SFN sum */
-)
-{
- UINT i, s;
- WCHAR wc;
-
-
- dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */
- dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */
- dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
- ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
-
- i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
- s = wc = 0;
- do {
- if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */
- ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */
- if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */
- } while (++s < 13);
- if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
- dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Create numbered name */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_LFN
-void gen_numname (
- BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */
- const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
- const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */
- WORD seq /* Sequence number */
-)
-{
- BYTE ns[8], c;
- UINT i, j;
-
-
- mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
-
- if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
- do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
- }
-
- /* itoa (hexdecimal) */
- i = 7;
- do {
- c = (seq % 16) + '0';
- if (c > '9') c += 7;
- ns[i--] = c;
- seq /= 16;
- } while (seq);
- ns[i] = '~';
-
- /* Append the number */
- for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
- if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
- if (j == i - 1) break;
- j++;
- }
- }
- do {
- dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
- } while (j < 8);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Calculate sum of an SFN */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_LFN
-static
-BYTE sum_sfn (
- const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */
-)
-{
- BYTE sum = 0;
- UINT n = 11;
-
- do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
- return sum;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_find (
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE c, *dir;
-#if _USE_LFN
- BYTE a, ord, sum;
-#endif
-
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */
- if (res != FR_OK) return res;
-
-#if _USE_LFN
- ord = sum = 0xFF;
-#endif
- do {
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
- c = dir[DIR_Name];
- if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
-#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
- a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
- if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
- ord = 0xFF;
- } else {
- if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
- if (dj->lfn) {
- if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
- sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
- c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */
- dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
- }
- /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
- ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
- }
- } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
- if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */
- ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */
- if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */
- }
- }
-#else /* Non LFN configuration */
- if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
- break;
-#endif
- res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
- } while (res == FR_OK);
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read an object from the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
-static
-FRESULT dir_read (
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE c, *dir;
-#if _USE_LFN
- BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
-#endif
-
- res = FR_NO_FILE;
- while (dj->sect) {
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
- c = dir[DIR_Name];
- if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
-#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
- a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
- if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
- ord = 0xFF;
- } else {
- if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
- if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
- sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
- c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
- dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
- }
- /* Check LFN validity and capture it */
- ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
- } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
- if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */
- dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */
- break;
- }
- }
-#else /* Non LFN configuration */
- if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
- break;
-#endif
- res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- }
-
- if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Register an object to the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-static
-FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
- DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE c, *dir;
-#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
- WORD n, ne, is;
- BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
- WCHAR *lfn;
-
-
- fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
- mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
-
- if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
-
- if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
- fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */
- for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
- gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */
- res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- }
- if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */
- if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
- fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
- }
-
- if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
- for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
- ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
- } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
- ne = 1;
- }
-
- /* Reserve contiguous entries */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
- if (res != FR_OK) return res;
- n = is = 0;
- do {
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */
- if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */
- if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */
- if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
- } else {
- n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
- }
- res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
- } while (res == FR_OK);
-
- if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
- ne--;
- do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
- dj->fs->wflag = 1;
- res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
- } while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
- }
- }
-
-#else /* Non LFN configuration */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- c = *dj->dir;
- if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */
- res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
- } while (res == FR_OK);
- }
-#endif
-
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dir = dj->dir;
- mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */
- mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */
-#if _USE_LFN
- dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */
-#endif
- dj->fs->wflag = 1;
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Remove an object from the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
-static
-FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
- DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
-#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
- WORD i;
-
- i = dj->index; /* SFN index */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- do {
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
- dj->fs->wflag = 1;
- if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
- res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
- } while (res == FR_OK);
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
- }
-
-#else /* Non LFN configuration */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
- dj->fs->wflag = 1;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT create_name (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
- const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
-)
-{
-#ifdef _EXCVT
- static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
-#endif
-
-#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
- BYTE b, cf;
- WCHAR w, *lfn;
- UINT i, ni, si, di;
- const TCHAR *p;
-
- /* Create LFN in Unicode */
- for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
- lfn = dj->lfn;
- si = di = 0;
- for (;;) {
- w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */
- if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
- if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
-#if !_LFN_UNICODE
- w &= 0xFF;
- if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
- b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
- if (!IsDBCS2(b))
- return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */
- w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */
- }
- w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
- if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */
-#endif
- if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */
- }
- *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
- cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
-#if _FS_RPATH
- if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
- (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
- lfn[di] = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
- dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
- dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */
- return FR_OK;
- }
-#endif
- while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
- w = lfn[di-1];
- if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
- di--;
- }
- if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
-
- lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */
-
- /* Create SFN in directory form */
- mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
- for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */
- if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
- while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
-
- b = i = 0; ni = 8;
- for (;;) {
- w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */
- if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */
- if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */
- cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
- }
-
- if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */
- if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */
- cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
- }
- if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */
- if (si > di) break; /* No extension */
- si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */
- b <<= 2; continue;
- }
-
- if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */
-#ifdef _EXCVT
- w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */
- if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
-#else
- w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
-#endif
- cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */
- }
-
- if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
- if (i >= ni - 1) {
- cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
- }
- dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
- } else { /* Single byte char */
- if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
- w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
- } else {
- if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */
- b |= 2;
- } else {
- if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */
- b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
- }
-
- if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
-
- if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
- if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
- cf |= NS_LFN;
- if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
- if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
- if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
- }
-
- dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */
-
- return FR_OK;
-
-
-#else /* Non-LFN configuration */
- BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
- UINT ni, si, i;
- const char *p;
-
- /* Create file name in directory form */
- for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
- sfn = dj->fn;
- mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
- si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
-#if _FS_RPATH
- if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
- for (;;) {
- c = (BYTE)p[si++];
- if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
- sfn[i++] = c;
- }
- if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
- sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
- return FR_OK;
- }
-#endif
- for (;;) {
- c = (BYTE)p[si++];
- if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
- if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
- if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- i = 8; ni = 11;
- b <<= 2; continue;
- }
- if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */
- b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */
-#ifdef _EXCVT
- c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
-#else
-#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
-#endif
-#endif
- }
- if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
- d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
- if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- sfn[i++] = c;
- sfn[i++] = d;
- } else { /* Single byte code */
- if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */
- b |= 2;
- } else {
- if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */
- b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
- }
- }
- sfn[i++] = c;
- }
- }
- *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
- c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
-
- if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
- if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
-
- if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
- if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
- if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
-
- sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */
-
- return FR_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get file information from directory entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
-static
-void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
- FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
-)
-{
- UINT i;
- BYTE nt, *dir;
- TCHAR *p, c;
-
-
- p = fno->fname;
- if (dj->sect) {
- dir = dj->dir;
- nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */
- c = dir[i];
- if (c == ' ') break;
- if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
- if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
-#if _LFN_UNICODE
- if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
- c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
- c = ff_convert(c, 1);
- if (!c) c = '?';
-#endif
- *p++ = c;
- }
- if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */
- *p++ = '.';
- for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
- c = dir[i];
- if (c == ' ') break;
- if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
-#if _LFN_UNICODE
- if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
- c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
- c = ff_convert(c, 1);
- if (!c) c = '?';
-#endif
- *p++ = c;
- }
- }
- fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */
- fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */
- fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */
- fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */
- }
- *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
-
-#if _USE_LFN
- if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
- TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
- WCHAR w, *lfn;
-
- i = 0;
- if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
- lfn = dj->lfn;
- while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */
-#if !_LFN_UNICODE
- w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
- if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */
- if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
- tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
-#endif
- if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
- tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
- }
- }
- tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
- }
-#endif
-}
-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Follow a file path */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
- DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
- const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE *dir, ns;
-
-
-#if _FS_RPATH
- if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
- path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */
- } else { /* No heading separator */
- dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */
- }
-#else
- if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */
- path++;
- dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */
-#endif
-
- if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
- dj->dir = 0;
- } else { /* Follow path */
- for (;;) {
- res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */
- ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
- if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */
- if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */
- /* Object not found */
- if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */
- dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */
- res = FR_OK;
- if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
- } else { /* Could not find the object */
- if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
- }
- break;
- }
- if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
- dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
- if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
- res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
- }
- dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
- FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
- DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
-)
-{
- if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */
- return 3;
- if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
- return 2;
-
- if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */
- return 0;
- if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
- const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
- FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
- BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
-)
-{
- BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
- UINT vol;
- DSTATUS stat;
- DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
- WORD nrsv;
- const TCHAR *p = *path;
- FATFS *fs;
-
-
- /* Get logical drive number from the path name */
- vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */
- if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
- p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */
- } else { /* No drive number is given */
-#if _FS_RPATH
- vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */
-#else
- vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
- *rfs = 0;
- if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */
- return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
- fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */
- if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */
-
- ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */
-
- *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
- if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */
- stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
- if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
- if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */
- return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
- return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */
- }
- }
-
- /* The file system object is not valid. */
- /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
-
- fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */
- fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
- stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */
- if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */
- return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
- if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */
- return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
-#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
- if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
-#endif
- /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
- fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
- if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
- if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
- /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
- pi = LD2PT(vol);
- if (pi) pi--;
- tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
- if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */
- bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */
- fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */
- }
- }
- if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */
-
- /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
-
- if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
- return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
-
- fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
- if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
- fs->fsize = fasize;
-
- fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */
- if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */
- fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */
-
- fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
- if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */
-
- fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */
- if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
-
- tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */
- if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
-
- nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */
- if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
-
- /* Determine the FAT sub type */
- sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */
- if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
- nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */
- if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
- fmt = FS_FAT12;
- if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
- if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
-
- /* Boundaries and Limits */
- fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */
- fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */
- fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
- if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
- fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */
- szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */
- } else {
- if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
- fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */
- szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */
- fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
- }
- if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
- return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- /* Initialize cluster allocation information */
- fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- fs->last_clust = 0;
-
- /* Get fsinfo if available */
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
- fs->fsi_flag = 0;
- fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
- if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
- LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
- LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
- LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
- fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
- fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
- }
- }
-#endif
- fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */
- fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
- fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */
- fs->wflag = 0;
-#if _FS_RPATH
- fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */
-#endif
-#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */
- clear_lock(fs);
-#endif
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
- void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
-)
-{
- FIL *fil;
-
-
- fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
- if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
- return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */
-
- if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
- return FR_NOT_READY;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Public Functions
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_mount (
- BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
- FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
-)
-{
- FATFS *rfs;
-
-
- if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */
- return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
- rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */
-
- if (rfs) {
-#if _FS_LOCK
- clear_lock(rfs);
-#endif
-#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */
- if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
-#endif
- rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */
- }
-
- if (fs) {
- fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */
-#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */
- if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
-#endif
- }
- FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Open or Create a File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_open (
- FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */
- const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */
- BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- BYTE *dir;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
- fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
-#else
- mode &= FA_READ;
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
-#endif
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- dir = dj.dir;
-#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
-#if _FS_LOCK
- else
- res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
-#endif
- }
- /* Create or Open a file */
- if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
- DWORD dw, cl;
-
- if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
-#if _FS_LOCK
- res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
-#else
- res = dir_register(&dj);
-#endif
- mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */
- dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */
- }
- else { /* Any object is already existing */
- if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
- res = FR_DENIED;
- } else {
- if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */
- res = FR_EXIST;
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
- dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
- dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */
- cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */
- st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */
- dj.fs->wflag = 1;
- if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
- dw = dj.fs->winsect;
- res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */
- res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- else { /* Open an existing file */
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
- if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */
- res = FR_NO_FILE;
- } else {
- if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
- res = FR_DENIED;
- }
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
- mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
- fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */
- fp->dir_ptr = dir;
-#if _FS_LOCK
- fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
- if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
-#endif
- }
-
-#else /* R/O configuration */
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
- dir = dj.dir;
- if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- } else {
- if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */
- res = FR_NO_FILE;
- }
- }
-#endif
- FREE_BUF();
-
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */
- fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */
- fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
- fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */
- fp->dsect = 0;
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
- fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */
-#endif
- fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */
- }
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_read (
- FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
- void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */
- UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */
- UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD clst, sect, remain;
- UINT rcnt, cc;
- BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
-
-
- *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
- if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
- if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
- remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
- if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
-
- for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */
- rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
- if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
- csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
- if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
- if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
- clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
- } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
- if (fp->cltbl)
- clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
- else
-#endif
- clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
- }
- if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
- }
- sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
- if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- sect += csect;
- cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
- if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
- if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
- cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
- if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
-#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
- mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
-#else
- if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
- mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
-#endif
-#endif
- rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
- continue;
- }
-#if !_FS_TINY
- if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- }
-#endif
- fp->dsect = sect;
- }
- rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
- if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
-#else
- mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
-#endif
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
-}
-
-
-
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Write File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_write (
- FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
- const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */
- UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */
- UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD clst, sect;
- UINT wcnt, cc;
- const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
- BYTE csect;
-
-
- *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
- if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
- if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
- if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */
-
- for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */
- wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
- if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
- csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
- if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
- if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
- clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
- if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */
- fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */
- } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
- if (fp->cltbl)
- clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
- else
-#endif
- clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
- }
- if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
- if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
- }
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
-#else
- if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
- if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- sect += csect;
- cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
- if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
- if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
- cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
- mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
- fp->fs->wflag = 0;
- }
-#else
- if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
- mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
- continue;
- }
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
- if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->fs->winsect = sect;
- }
-#else
- if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */
- if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
- disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- }
-#endif
- fp->dsect = sect;
- }
- wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
- if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
-#if _FS_TINY
- if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
- fp->fs->wflag = 1;
-#else
- mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
- fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
-#endif
- }
-
- if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */
- fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Synchronize the File Object */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_sync (
- FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD tim;
- BYTE *dir;
-
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */
-#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */
- if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- /* Update the directory entry */
- res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dir = fp->dir_ptr;
- dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */
- st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */
- tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
- ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
- fp->fs->wflag = 1;
- res = sync(fp->fs);
- }
- }
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
-}
-
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Close File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_close (
- FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
-
-
-#if _FS_READONLY
- res = validate(fp);
- {
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
- FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
-#endif
- if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
- LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
- }
-#else
- res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */
-#if _FS_LOCK
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
- FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
- res = validate(fp);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
- unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
- }
-#else
- res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
-#endif
- }
-#endif
- if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
- return res;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
-
-FRESULT f_chdrive (
- BYTE drv /* Drive number */
-)
-{
- if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
-
- CurrVol = drv;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-FRESULT f_chdir (
- const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */
- FREE_BUF();
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
- if (!dj.dir) {
- dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */
- } else {
- if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */
- dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
- else
- res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
-FRESULT f_getcwd (
- TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */
- UINT sz_path /* Size of path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- UINT i, n;
- DWORD ccl;
- TCHAR *tp;
- FILINFO fno;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- *path = 0;
- res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
- dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
- while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
- res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- res = dir_read(&dj);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */
- res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */
- res = dir_read(&dj);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */
- res = dir_next(&dj, 0);
- } while (res == FR_OK);
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
-#if _USE_LFN
- fno.lfname = path;
- fno.lfsize = i;
-#endif
- get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
- tp = fno.fname;
- if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
- for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
- if (i < n + 3) {
- res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
- }
- while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
- path[--i] = '/';
- }
- tp = path;
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */
- *tp++ = ':';
- if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */
- *tp++ = '/';
- } else { /* Sub-dir */
- do /* Add stacked path str */
- *tp++ = path[i++];
- while (i < sz_path);
- }
- }
- *tp = 0;
- FREE_BUF();
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
-#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
-
-
-
-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Seek File R/W Pointer */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_lseek (
- FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
- DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
-
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
- if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
- if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
-
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
- if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */
- DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
-
- if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */
- tbl = fp->cltbl;
- tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */
- cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */
- if (cl) {
- do {
- /* Get a fragment */
- tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */
- do {
- pcl = cl; ncl++;
- cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
- if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- } while (cl == pcl + 1);
- if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */
- *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
- }
- } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */
- }
- *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */
- if (ulen <= tlen)
- *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */
- else
- res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */
-
- } else { /* Fast seek */
- if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */
- ofs = fp->fsize;
- fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */
- if (ofs) {
- fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
- dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
- if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
- if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */
-#if !_FS_TINY
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
-#endif
- fp->dsect = dsc;
- }
- }
- }
- } else
-#endif
-
- /* Normal Seek */
- {
- DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
-
- if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
-#endif
- ) ofs = fp->fsize;
-
- ifptr = fp->fptr;
- fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
- if (ofs) {
- bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */
- if (ifptr > 0 &&
- (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
- fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */
- ofs -= fp->fptr;
- clst = fp->clust;
- } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */
- clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
- clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
- if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->sclust = clst;
- }
-#endif
- fp->clust = clst;
- }
- if (clst != 0) {
- while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */
- clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */
- if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */
- ofs = bcs; break;
- }
- } else
-#endif
- clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- fp->clust = clst;
- fp->fptr += bcs;
- ofs -= bcs;
- }
- fp->fptr += ofs;
- if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
- nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */
- if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
- }
- }
- }
- if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */
-#if !_FS_TINY
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
- if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
- }
-#endif
- if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
-#endif
- fp->dsect = nsect;
- }
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
- fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
- fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Create a Directory Object */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_opendir (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */
- const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- FATFS *fs;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
- fs = dj->fs;
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(*dj);
- res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */
- FREE_BUF();
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
- if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */
- if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */
- dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
- } else { /* The object is not a directory */
- res = FR_NO_PATH;
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dj->id = fs->id;
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
- if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */
- } else {
- dj->fs = 0;
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_readdir (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */
- FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (!fno) {
- res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */
- } else {
- INIT_BUF(*dj);
- res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */
- dj->sect = 0;
- res = FR_OK;
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */
- get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */
- res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
- dj->sect = 0;
- res = FR_OK;
- }
- }
- FREE_BUF();
- }
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get File Status */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_stat (
- const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
- FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
- if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */
- get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
- else /* It is root dir */
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- }
- FREE_BUF();
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get Number of Free Clusters */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_getfree (
- const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
- DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
- FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- FATFS *fs;
- DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
- UINT i;
- BYTE fat, *p;
-
-
- /* Get drive number */
- res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
- fs = *fatfs;
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
- if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
- *nclst = fs->free_clust;
- } else {
- /* Get number of free clusters */
- fat = fs->fs_type;
- n = 0;
- if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
- clst = 2;
- do {
- stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
- if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
- if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
- if (stat == 0) n++;
- } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
- } else {
- clst = fs->n_fatent;
- sect = fs->fatbase;
- i = 0; p = 0;
- do {
- if (!i) {
- res = move_window(fs, sect++);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- p = fs->win;
- i = SS(fs);
- }
- if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
- if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
- p += 2; i -= 2;
- } else {
- if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
- p += 4; i -= 4;
- }
- } while (--clst);
- }
- fs->free_clust = n;
- if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
- *nclst = n;
- }
- }
- LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Truncate File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_truncate (
- FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD ncl;
-
-
- if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
- } else {
- if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
- res = FR_DENIED;
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
- fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */
- fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
- if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
- res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
- fp->sclust = 0;
- } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
- ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
- res = FR_OK;
- if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
- if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
- res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
- if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
- }
- }
- }
- if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Delete a File or Directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_unlink (
- const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj, sdj;
- BYTE *dir;
- DWORD dclst;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */
-#if _FS_LOCK
- if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */
-#endif
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */
- dir = dj.dir;
- if (!dir) {
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */
- } else {
- if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
- res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */
- }
- dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
- if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */
- if (dclst < 2) {
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
- } else {
- mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
- sdj.sclust = dclst;
- res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = dir_read(&sdj);
- if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */
-#if _FS_RPATH
- || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */
-#endif
- ) res = FR_DENIED;
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */
- }
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
- res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
- if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
- }
- }
- }
- FREE_BUF();
- }
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Create a Directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_mkdir (
- const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- BYTE *dir, n;
- DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */
- if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */
- dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
- res = FR_OK;
- if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */
- if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
- if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */
- res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */
- dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
- dir = dj.fs->win;
- mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
- mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */
- dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
- dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
- st_clust(dir, dcl);
- mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */
- dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
- if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
- pcl = 0;
- st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
- for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
- dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
- dj.fs->wflag = 1;
- res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directoy */
- if (res != FR_OK) {
- remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
- } else {
- dir = dj.dir;
- dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */
- ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */
- st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */
- dj.fs->wflag = 1;
- res = sync(dj.fs);
- }
- }
- FREE_BUF();
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Change Attribute */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_chmod (
- const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
- BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */
- BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- BYTE *dir;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- FREE_BUF();
- if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dir = dj.dir;
- if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- } else { /* File or sub directory */
- mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */
- dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */
- dj.fs->wflag = 1;
- res = sync(dj.fs);
- }
- }
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Change Timestamp */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_utime (
- const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */
- const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- BYTE *dir;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- INIT_BUF(dj);
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- FREE_BUF();
- if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dir = dj.dir;
- if (!dir) { /* Root directory */
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
- } else { /* File or sub-directory */
- ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
- ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
- dj.fs->wflag = 1;
- res = sync(dj.fs);
- }
- }
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Rename File/Directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_rename (
- const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */
- const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR djo, djn;
- BYTE buf[21], *dir;
- DWORD dw;
- DEF_NAMEBUF;
-
-
- res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- djn.fs = djo.fs;
- INIT_BUF(djo);
- res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */
- if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
- res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
-#if _FS_LOCK
- if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
-#endif
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */
- if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */
- res = FR_NO_FILE;
- } else {
- mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */
- mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */
- res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
- if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
-/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
- res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */
- mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
- dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
- djo.fs->wflag = 1;
- if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
- dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
- if (!dw) {
- res = FR_INT_ERR;
- } else {
- res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
- dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */
- if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
- dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
- st_clust(dir, dw);
- djo.fs->wflag = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */
- if (res == FR_OK)
- res = sync(djo.fs);
- }
- }
-/* End critical section */
- }
- }
- }
- FREE_BUF();
- }
- LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
-}
-
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
-
-FRESULT f_forward (
- FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
- UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */
- UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */
- UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DWORD remain, clst, sect;
- UINT rcnt;
- BYTE csect;
-
-
- *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */
-
- if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
- if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
- if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
-
- remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
- if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
-
- for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
- fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
- csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
- if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
- if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
- clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
- fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
- if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
- }
- }
- sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */
- if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- sect += csect;
- if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */
- ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
- fp->dsect = sect;
- rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */
- if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
- rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
- if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
- }
-
- LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
-}
-#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
-
-
-
-#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Create File System on the Drive */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
-#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
-
-
-FRESULT f_mkfs (
- BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */
- BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
- UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
-)
-{
- static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0};
- static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
- BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
- DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
- UINT i;
- DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */
- DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */
- FATFS *fs;
- DSTATUS stat;
-
-
- /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
- if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
- if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- fs = FatFs[drv];
- if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
- fs->fs_type = 0;
- pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */
- part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
-
- /* Get disk statics */
- stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
- if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
- if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
-#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */
- if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
-#endif
- if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
- /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
- if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
- tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
- if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */
- b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */
- n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */
- } else {
- /* Create a partition in this function */
- if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */
- n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */
- }
-
- if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */
- vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
- for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
- au = cst[i];
- }
- au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */
- if (au == 0) au = 1;
- if (au > 128) au = 128;
-
- /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
- n_clst = n_vol / au;
- fmt = FS_FAT12;
- if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
- if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
-
- /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
- n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
- n_rsv = 32;
- n_dir = 0;
- } else {
- n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
- n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
- n_rsv = 1;
- n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
- }
- b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */
- b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */
- b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */
- if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */
-
- /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
- if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
- n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
- n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
- n_rsv += n;
- b_fat += n;
- } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
- n_fat += n;
- }
-
- /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
- n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
- if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
- || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
- return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
-
- switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */
- case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break;
- case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
- default: sys = 0x0C;
- }
-
- if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
- /* Update system ID in the partition table */
- tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
- tbl[4] = sys;
- if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- md = 0xF8;
- } else {
- if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */
- md = 0xF0;
- } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */
- mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
- tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
- tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */
- tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */
- tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */
- tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */
- tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */
- n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
- tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */
- tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */
- ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */
- if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- md = 0xF8;
- }
- }
-
- /* Create BPB in the VBR */
- tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */
- mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
- mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
- i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
- tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */
- tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */
- i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
- if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
- } else {
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
- }
- tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */
- n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
- tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
- tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
- mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
- } else {
- ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
- tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
- tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
- mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
- }
- ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
- if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
- disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
-
- /* Initialize FAT area */
- wsect = b_fat;
- for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */
- mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */
- n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */
- if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
- n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
- ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
- } else {
- n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
- ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
- ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
- }
- if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
- for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
- if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- }
-
- /* Initialize root directory */
- i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
- do {
- if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
- } while (--i);
-
-#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */
- {
- DWORD eb[2];
-
- eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
- disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Create FSInfo if needed */
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
- ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
- ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
- ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */
- ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */
- ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
- disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */
- disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */
- }
-
- return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
-}
-
-
-#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Divide Physical Drive */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT f_fdisk (
- BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */
- const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
- void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */
-)
-{
- UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
- BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
- DSTATUS stat;
- DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
-
-
- stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
- if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
- if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
- if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
-
- /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
- for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
- if (n == 256) n--;
- e_hd = n - 1;
- sz_cyl = 63 * n;
- tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
-
- /* Create partition table */
- mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
- p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
- p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
- if (!p_cyl) continue;
- s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
- sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
- if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
- s_hd = 1;
- s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
- } else {
- s_hd = 0;
- }
- e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
- if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
- /* Set partition table */
- p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */
- p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */
- p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */
- p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */
- p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */
- p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */
- p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */
- ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */
- ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */
-
- /* Next partition */
- b_cyl += p_cyl;
- }
- ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
-
- /* Write it to the MBR */
- return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
-#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
-
-
-
-
-#if _USE_STRFUNC
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get a string from the file */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-TCHAR* f_gets (
- TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
- int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */
- FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
-)
-{
- int n = 0;
- TCHAR c, *p = buff;
- BYTE s[2];
- UINT rc;
-
-
- while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
- f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
- if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */
- c = s[0];
-#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
- if (c >= 0x80) {
- if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */
- if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */
- f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
- if (rc != 1) break;
- c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
- if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
- } else {
- if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */
- f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
- if (rc != 2) break;
- c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
- if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
- } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */
- c = '?';
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
- if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */
-#endif
- *p++ = c;
- n++;
- if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */
- }
- *p = 0;
- return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
-}
-
-
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-#include <stdarg.h>
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Put a character to the file */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-int f_putc (
- TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */
- FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
-)
-{
- UINT bw, btw;
- BYTE s[3];
-
-
-#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
- if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */
-#endif
-
-#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
- if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */
- s[0] = (BYTE)c;
- btw = 1;
- } else {
- if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */
- s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
- s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
- btw = 2;
- } else { /* 16-bit */
- s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
- s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
- s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
- btw = 3;
- }
- }
-#else /* Write the character without conversion */
- s[0] = (BYTE)c;
- btw = 1;
-#endif
- f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */
- return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Put a string to the file */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-int f_puts (
- const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */
- FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
-)
-{
- int n;
-
-
- for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
- if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
- }
- return n;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Put a formatted string to the file */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-int f_printf (
- FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */
- const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */
- ... /* Optional arguments... */
-)
-{
- va_list arp;
- BYTE f, r;
- UINT i, j, w;
- ULONG v;
- TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
- int res, chc, cc;
-
-
- va_start(arp, str);
-
- for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
- c = *str++;
- if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */
- if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */
- cc = f_putc(c, fil);
- if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
- continue;
- }
- w = f = 0;
- c = *str++;
- if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */
- f = 1; c = *str++;
- } else {
- if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */
- f = 2; c = *str++;
- }
- }
- while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */
- w = w * 10 + c - '0';
- c = *str++;
- }
- if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */
- f |= 4; c = *str++;
- }
- if (!c) break;
- d = c;
- if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
- switch (d) { /* Type is... */
- case 'S' : /* String */
- p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
- for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
- chc = 0;
- if (!(f & 2)) {
- while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
- }
- chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
- while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
- if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
- continue;
- case 'C' : /* Character */
- cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
- case 'B' : /* Binary */
- r = 2; break;
- case 'O' : /* Octal */
- r = 8; break;
- case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */
- case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */
- r = 10; break;
- case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */
- r = 16; break;
- default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */
- cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
- }
-
- /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
- v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
- if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
- v = 0 - v;
- f |= 8;
- }
- i = 0;
- do {
- d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
- if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
- s[i++] = d + '0';
- } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
- if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
- j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
- res = 0;
- while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
- do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
- while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
- if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
- }
-
- va_end(arp);
- return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
-}
-
-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
-#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 627cbaabe..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
-/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
-/ developments under license policy of following terms.
-/
-/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
-/
-/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
-/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-/
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef _FATFS
-#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */
-#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */
-
-#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
-#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Definitions of volume management */
-
-#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */
-typedef struct {
- BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */
- BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
-} PARTITION;
-extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */
-#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */
-#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */
-
-#else /* Single partition configuration */
-#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
-#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
-
-#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */
-#if !_USE_LFN
-#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
-#endif
-#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
-typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
-#define _T(x) L ## x
-#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
-#endif
-
-#else /* ANSI/OEM string */
-#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
-typedef char TCHAR;
-#define _T(x) x
-#define _TEXT(x) x
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
-
-typedef struct {
- BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
- BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */
- BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
- BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
- BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
- BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
- WORD id; /* File system mount ID */
- WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
-#if _MAX_SS != 512
- WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
-#endif
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
- _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */
-#endif
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */
- DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */
- DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
-#endif
-#if _FS_RPATH
- DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
-#endif
- DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
- DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */
- DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
- DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
- DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
- DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
- BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
-} FATFS;
-
-
-
-/* File object structure (FIL) */
-
-typedef struct {
- FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */
- WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
- BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
- BYTE pad1;
- DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
- DWORD fsize; /* File size */
- DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
- DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */
- DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
- DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */
- BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
-#endif
-#if _USE_FASTSEEK
- DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
-#endif
-#if _FS_LOCK
- UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
-#endif
-#if !_FS_TINY
- BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */
-#endif
-} FIL;
-
-
-
-/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
-
-typedef struct {
- FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */
- WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */
- WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
- DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
- DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */
- DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
- BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
- BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
-#if _USE_LFN
- WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
- WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
-#endif
-} DIR;
-
-
-
-/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
-
-typedef struct {
- DWORD fsize; /* File size */
- WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
- WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
- BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
- TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */
-#if _USE_LFN
- TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
- UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
-#endif
-} FILINFO;
-
-
-
-/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
-
-typedef enum {
- FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */
- FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
- FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */
- FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
- FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */
- FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */
- FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */
- FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
- FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
- FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
- FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
- FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
- FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */
- FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
- FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
- FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
- FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
- FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
- FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
- FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
-} FRESULT;
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FatFs module application interface */
-
-FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
-FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */
-FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */
-FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
-FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */
-FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */
-FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
-FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */
-FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */
-FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
-FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */
-FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */
-FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */
-FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */
-FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */
-FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
-FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */
-FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */
-FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */
-FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */
-FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */
-FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */
-FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
-int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */
-int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */
-int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */
-TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */
-
-#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
-#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
-#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
-#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
-
-#ifndef EOF
-#define EOF (-1)
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Additional user defined functions */
-
-/* RTC function */
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-DWORD get_fattime (void);
-#endif
-
-/* Unicode support functions */
-#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
-WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
-WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */
-#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */
-void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */
-void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Sync functions */
-#if _FS_REENTRANT
-int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
-int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */
-void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */
-int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Flags and offset address */
-
-
-/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
-
-#define FA_READ 0x01
-#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00
-#define FA__ERROR 0x80
-
-#if !_FS_READONLY
-#define FA_WRITE 0x02
-#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04
-#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08
-#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10
-#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20
-#define FA__DIRTY 0x40
-#endif
-
-
-/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
-
-#define FS_FAT12 1
-#define FS_FAT16 2
-#define FS_FAT32 3
-
-
-/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
-
-#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
-#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
-#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
-#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
-#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
-#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
-#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
-#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
-
-
-/* Fast seek feature */
-#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------*/
-/* Multi-byte word access macros */
-
-#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
-#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
-#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
-#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
-#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
-#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63a4e7823..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/
-/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
-/ the configuration options.
-/
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#ifndef _FFCONF
-#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Function and Buffer Configurations
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
-/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
-/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
-/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
-
-
-#define _FS_READONLY 0 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
-/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
-/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
-/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
-
-
-#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */
-/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
-/
-/ 0: Full function.
-/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
-/ are removed.
-/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
-/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
-
-
-#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
-/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
-
-
-#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
-/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
-
-
-#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
-/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
-
-
-#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
-/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#define _CODE_PAGE 932
-/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
-/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
-/
-/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
-/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
-/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
-/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
-/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
-/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
-/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
-/ 1253 - Greek (Windows)
-/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows)
-/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
-/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows)
-/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows)
-/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
-/ 437 - U.S. (OEM)
-/ 720 - Arabic (OEM)
-/ 737 - Greek (OEM)
-/ 775 - Baltic (OEM)
-/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
-/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
-/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM)
-/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM)
-/ 866 - Russian (OEM)
-/ 857 - Turkish (OEM)
-/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM)
-/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows)
-/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
-*/
-
-
-#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */
-#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
-/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
-/
-/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
-/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
-/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
-/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
-/
-/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
-/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
-/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
-/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
-
-
-#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
-/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
-/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
-
-
-#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */
-/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
-/
-/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
-/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
-/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
-/
-/ Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Physical Drive Configurations
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#define _VOLUMES 1
-/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
-
-
-#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
-/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
-/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
-/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
-/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
-/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */
-
-
-#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
-/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
-/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
-/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
-
-
-#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
-/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
-/ should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ System Configurations
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */
-/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
-/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
-/
-/ 0: Byte-by-byte access.
-/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
-/
-/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
-/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
-/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
-/ performance and code size.
-*/
-
-
-/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
-/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
-
-#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
-#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
-#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
-
-/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
-/
-/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
-/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
-/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
-/ function must be added to the project. */
-
-
-#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
-/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
- The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
-
-
-#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5408fe6b3..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/*-------------------------------------------*/
-/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
-/*-------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef _INTEGER
-#define _INTEGER
-
-#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <tchar.h>
-
-#else /* Embedded platform */
-
-/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
-typedef int INT;
-typedef unsigned int UINT;
-
-/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
-typedef char CHAR;
-typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
-typedef unsigned char BYTE;
-
-/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
-typedef short SHORT;
-typedef unsigned short USHORT;
-typedef unsigned short WORD;
-typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
-
-/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
-typedef long LONG;
-typedef unsigned long ULONG;
-typedef unsigned long DWORD;
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a5291eaf3..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-#include "RTC.h"
-
-#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
-
-/** Current dummy RTC time and date */
-static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count;
-
-void RTC_Init(void)
-{
- DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
- DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
- DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
- DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
- DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
- DummyRTC_Count.Year = 00;
-}
-
-void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
-{
- static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false;
-
- HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed;
- if (HalfSecondElapsed == false)
- return;
-
- if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60)
- return;
-
- DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
-
- if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60)
- return;
-
- DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
-
- if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24)
- return;
-
- DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
-
- static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
- uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1];
-
- /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */
- if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) &&
- ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4))))
- {
- DaysInMonth++;
- }
-
- if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth)
- return;
-
- DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
-
- if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12)
- return;
-
- DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
- DummyRTC_Count.Year++;
-}
-
-bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
-{
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
- DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate;
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
-{
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
- *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count;
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-#else
-
-void RTC_Init(void)
-{
- /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
-}
-
-void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
-{
- /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
-}
-
-bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
-{
- DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues;
- const uint8_t WriteAddress = 0;
-
- // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout
- NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH = false;
- NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false;
-
- // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout
- NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0;
- NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10);
- NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10);
-
- // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307
- if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress),
- (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
-{
- DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues;
- const uint8_t ReadAddress = 0;
-
- // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307
- if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress),
- (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // Convert stored time value into decimal
- TimeDate->Second = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec;
- TimeDate->Minute = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min;
- TimeDate->Hour = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour;
-
- // Convert stored date value into decimal
- TimeDate->Day = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day;
- TimeDate->Month = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month;
- TimeDate->Year = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f35b8ff1e..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-#ifndef _RTC_H_
-#define _RTC_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
-
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Hour;
- uint8_t Minute;
- uint8_t Second;
- uint8_t Day;
- uint8_t Month;
- uint8_t Year;
- } TimeDate_t;
-
- typedef struct
- {
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Sec : 4;
- unsigned TenSec : 3;
- unsigned CH : 1;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte1;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Min : 4;
- unsigned TenMin : 3;
- unsigned Reserved : 1;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte2;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Hour : 4;
- unsigned TenHour : 2;
- unsigned TwelveHourMode : 1;
- unsigned Reserved : 1;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte3;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned DayOfWeek : 3;
- unsigned Reserved : 5;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte4;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Day : 4;
- unsigned TenDay : 2;
- unsigned Reserved : 2;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte5;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Month : 4;
- unsigned TenMonth : 1;
- unsigned Reserved : 3;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte6;
-
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- unsigned Year : 4;
- unsigned TenYear : 4;
- } Fields;
-
- uint8_t IntVal;
- } Byte7;
- } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t;
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */
- #define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void RTC_Init(void);
- void RTC_Tick500ms(void);
- bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate);
- bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fbbfd60e..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
- * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
- * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
-#include "SCSI.h"
-
-/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
- * features and capabilities.
- */
-static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
- {
- .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
- .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
-
- .Removable = true,
-
- .Version = 0,
-
- .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
- .NormACA = false,
- .TrmTsk = false,
- .AERC = false,
-
- .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
-
- .SoftReset = false,
- .CmdQue = false,
- .Linked = false,
- .Sync = false,
- .WideBus16Bit = false,
- .WideBus32Bit = false,
- .RelAddr = false,
-
- .VendorID = "LUFA",
- .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
- .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
- };
-
-/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
- * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
- */
-static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
- {
- .ResponseCode = 0x70,
- .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
- };
-
-
-/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
- * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
- * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool CommandSuccess = false;
-
- /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
- switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
- {
- case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
- case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
- case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
- case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
- /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
- CommandSuccess = true;
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
- break;
- default:
- /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Check if command was successfully processed */
- if (CommandSuccess)
- {
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
- SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
- * and capabilities to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
- uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
-
- /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
- if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
- {
- /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
-
- /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
- Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
-
- /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
- * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
- uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
- Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
- * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
- uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
- * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
- * supported.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
- if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
- {
- /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
- if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
- {
- /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
- SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
- * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
- * reading and writing of the data.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const bool IsDataRead)
-{
- uint32_t BlockAddress;
- uint16_t TotalBlocks;
-
- /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
- if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
- {
- /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
- SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
-
- /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
-
- /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
- if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
- {
- /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
- if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
- DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
- else
- DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
-
- /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
- * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
- Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
- Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
- Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
- Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
-
- return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 494b31bf8..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for SCSI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _SCSI_H_
-#define _SCSI_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
- #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
- #include "../Descriptors.h"
- #include "DataflashManager.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
- * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
- * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
- *
- * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
- * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
- * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
- */
- #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
-
- /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_READ true
-
- /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_WRITE false
-
- /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
- #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
-
- /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
- #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
- static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const bool IsDataRead);
- static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dc267a6f..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "TempDataLogger.h"
-
-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
- .DataINEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
- .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .DataOUTEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
- .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .TotalLUNs = 1,
- },
- };
-
-/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
-static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
-
-/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
- .ReportINEndpoint =
- {
- .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
- .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
- .Banks = 1,
- },
- .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
- .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
- },
- };
-
-/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
-static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
-
-/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
-static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
-
-/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */
-static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;
-
-/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
-static FATFS DiskFATState;
-
-/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */
-static FIL TempLogFile;
-
-
-/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */
-ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */
- RTC_Tick500ms();
-
- /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */
- if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)
- return;
-
- /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */
- CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;
-
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
-
- /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- {
- TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
- RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
-
- char LineBuffer[100];
- uint16_t BytesWritten;
-
- BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",
- CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year,
- CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second,
- Temperature_GetTemperature());
-
- f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);
- f_sync(&TempLogFile);
- }
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- * setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */
- LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);
-
- /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */
- if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF)
- LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
-
- /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
- OpenLogFile();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
- HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-}
-
-/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */
-void OpenLogFile(void)
-{
- char LogFileName[12];
-
- /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */
- TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
- RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
- sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year);
-
- /* Mount the storage device, open the file */
- f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
- f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);
- f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);
-}
-
-/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */
-void CloseLogFile(void)
-{
- /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */
- f_sync(&TempLogFile);
- f_close(&TempLogFile);
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-#endif
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- LEDs_Init();
- ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
- Temperature_Init();
- Dataflash_Init();
- USB_Init();
- TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000));
- RTC_Init();
-
- /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */
- OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1);
- TCCR1B = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12);
- TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
-
- /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
- if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- for(;;);
- }
-
- /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
- DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-
- /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */
- CloseLogFile();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-
- /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
- OpenLogFile();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
- ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
- ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
- MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
- HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
-}
-
-/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
- */
-bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool CommandSuccess;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- return CommandSuccess;
-}
-
-/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
- * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
- * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
- * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
- * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
- */
-bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- void* ReportData,
- uint16_t* const ReportSize)
-{
- Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
-
- RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
-
- ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
-
- *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);
- return true;
-}
-
-/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
- *
- * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
- * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
- * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
- * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
- * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
- */
-void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- const void* ReportData,
- const uint16_t ReportSize)
-{
- Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
-
- RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
-
- /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */
- if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)
- {
- LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;
- eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 90b9b4ea6..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for TempDataLogger.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
-#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
- #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
- #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
- #include "Lib/RTC.h"
- #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
-
- /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */
- #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL 10
-
- /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
- #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- typedef struct
- {
- TimeDate_t TimeDate;
- uint8_t LogInterval500MS;
- } Device_Report_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void SetupHardware(void);
- void OpenLogFile(void);
- void CloseLogFile(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
- bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- void* ReportData,
- uint16_t* const ReportSize);
- void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- const void* ReportData,
- const uint16_t ReportSize);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bdf8db0ee..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
- This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
-the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
-License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
-
- 0. Additional Definitions.
-
- As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
-General Public License.
-
- "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
-other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
-
- An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
-by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
-Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
-of using an interface provided by the Library.
-
- A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
-Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
-with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
-Version".
-
- The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
-Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
-for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
-based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
-
- The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
-object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
-and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
-Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
-
- 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
-
- You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
-without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
-
- 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
-
- If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
-facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
-that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
-facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
-version:
-
- a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
- ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
- function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
- whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
-
- b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
- this License applicable to that copy.
-
- 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
-
- The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
-a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
-code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
-material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
-layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
-(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
-
- a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
- Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
- covered by this License.
-
- b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
- document.
-
- 4. Combined Works.
-
- You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
-taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
-portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
-the following:
-
- a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
- the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
- covered by this License.
-
- b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
- document.
-
- c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
- execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
- these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
- copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
-
- d) Do one of the following:
-
- 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
- License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
- suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
- recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
- the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
- manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
- Corresponding Source.
-
- 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
- Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
- a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
- system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
- of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
- Version.
-
- e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
- be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
- GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
- necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
- Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
- Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
- you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
- the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
- Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
- Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
- for conveying Corresponding Source.)
-
- 5. Combined Libraries.
-
- You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side by side in a single library together with other library
-facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
-License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
-choice, if you do both of the following:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
- on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
- conveyed under the terms of this License.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
- is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
- accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
-of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
-applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that published version or of any later version
-published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
-received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
-General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
-whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
-apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
-permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
-Library.
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 10926e87f..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,675 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
- The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
- Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
- For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
- Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
- Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- 0. Definitions.
-
- "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
- "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
- "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
- To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
- A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
- To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
- To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
- An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
- 1. Source Code.
-
- The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
- A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
- The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
- The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
- The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
- The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
- 2. Basic Permissions.
-
- All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
- You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
- Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
- 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
- No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
- When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
- 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
- You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
- You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
- 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
- You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
- it, and giving a relevant date.
-
- b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
- released under this License and any conditions added under section
- 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
- "keep intact all notices".
-
- c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
- License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
- License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
- additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
- regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
- permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
- invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
- d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
- Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
- interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
- work need not make them do so.
-
- A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
- 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
- You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
- a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
- Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
- customarily used for software interchange.
-
- b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
- written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
- long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
- model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
- copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
- product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
- medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
- more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
- conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
- Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
- c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
- written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
- alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
- only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
- with subsection 6b.
-
- d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
- place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
- Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
- further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
- Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
- copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
- may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
- that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
- clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
- Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
- Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
- available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
- e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
- you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
- Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
- charge under subsection 6d.
-
- A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
- A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
- "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
- If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
- The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
- Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
- 7. Additional Terms.
-
- "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
- When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
- a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
- terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
- b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
- author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
- Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
- c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
- requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
- reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
- d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
- authors of the material; or
-
- e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
- trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
- f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
- material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
- it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
- any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
- those licensors and authors.
-
- All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
- If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
- Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
- 8. Termination.
-
- You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
- 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
- You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
- 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
- Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
- An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
- You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
- 11. Patents.
-
- A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
- A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
- Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
- In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
- If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
- If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
- A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
- Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
- 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
- If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
- 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
- 14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
- Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
- 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
- THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. Limitation of Liability.
-
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
- If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
- If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
- This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
- You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
- The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 58fac5144..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-namespace Project1HostApp
-{
- partial class frmDataloggerSettings
- {
- /// <summary>
- /// Required designer variable.
- /// </summary>
- private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
-
- /// <summary>
- /// Clean up any resources being used.
- /// </summary>
- /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
- protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
- {
- if (disposing && (components != null))
- {
- components.Dispose();
- }
- base.Dispose(disposing);
- }
-
- #region Windows Form Designer generated code
-
- /// <summary>
- /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
- /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
- /// </summary>
- private void InitializeComponent()
- {
- this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
- this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
- this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
- this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
- this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();
- this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
- this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
- this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
- this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
- ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();
- this.SuspendLayout();
- //
- // btnSetValues
- //
- this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);
- this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";
- this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
- this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;
- this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";
- this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
- this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);
- //
- // dtpTime
- //
- this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";
- this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;
- this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);
- this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";
- this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;
- this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
- this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;
- //
- // lblTime
- //
- this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;
- this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
- this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);
- this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";
- this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
- this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;
- this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";
- //
- // lblLoggingInterval
- //
- this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;
- this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
- this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);
- this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";
- this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);
- this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;
- this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";
- //
- // nudLogInterval
- //
- this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);
- this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {
- 60,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0});
- this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {
- 1,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0});
- this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";
- this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);
- this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;
- this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {
- 5,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0});
- //
- // lblSeconds
- //
- this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;
- this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);
- this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";
- this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);
- this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;
- this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";
- //
- // btnGetValues
- //
- this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);
- this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";
- this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
- this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;
- this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";
- this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
- this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);
- //
- // lblDate
- //
- this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;
- this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
- this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);
- this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";
- this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
- this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;
- this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";
- //
- // dtpDate
- //
- this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";
- this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;
- this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);
- this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";
- this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
- this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;
- //
- // frmDataloggerSettings
- //
- this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
- this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
- this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);
- this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);
- this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);
- this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);
- this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);
- this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);
- this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);
- this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);
- this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);
- this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);
- this.MaximizeBox = false;
- this.MinimizeBox = false;
- this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";
- this.Text = "Datalogger";
- this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);
- ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();
- this.ResumeLayout(false);
- this.PerformLayout();
-
- }
-
- #endregion
-
- private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;
- private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;
- private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;
- private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;
- private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;
- private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;
- private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;
- private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;
- private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index c3d1e1564..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.ComponentModel;
-using System.Data;
-using System.Drawing;
-using System.Linq;
-using System.Text;
-using System.Windows.Forms;
-using Hid;
-
-namespace Project1HostApp
-{
- public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form
- {
- private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;
- private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063;
-
- private struct Device_Report_t
- {
- public Byte Day;
- public Byte Month;
- public Byte Year;
-
- public Byte Hour;
- public Byte Minute;
- public Byte Second;
-
- public Byte LogInterval500MS;
-
- public Byte[] ToReport()
- {
- Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
-
- Report[0] = this.Hour;
- Report[1] = this.Minute;
- Report[2] = this.Second;
- Report[3] = this.Day;
- Report[4] = this.Month;
- Report[5] = this.Year;
- Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;
-
- return Report;
- }
-
- public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)
- {
- this.Hour = Report[0];
- this.Minute = Report[1];
- this.Second = Report[2];
- this.Day = Report[3];
- this.Month = Report[4];
- this.Year = Report[5];
- this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];
- }
- };
-
- private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()
- {
- IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);
- IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;
-
- if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)
- ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];
- else
- return null;
-
- // Fix report handle under Windows
- if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)
- {
- ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,
- ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);
- }
-
- return ConnectionHandle;
- }
-
- public frmDataloggerSettings()
- {
- InitializeComponent();
- }
-
- private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
- {
- IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
-
- if (ConnectionHandle == null)
- {
- MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
- return;
- }
-
- Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
- DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;
- DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;
- DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));
- DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;
- DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;
- DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;
- DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);
-
- try
- {
- ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());
- MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully.");
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
- }
- }
-
- private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
- {
- IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
-
- if (ConnectionHandle == null)
- {
- MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
- return;
- }
-
- Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
-
- try
- {
- Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
-
- ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);
- DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);
- String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully.";
-
- try
- {
- dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(
- (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),
- DeviceReport.Month,
- DeviceReport.Day);
-
- dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(
- DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,
- DeviceReport.Hour,
- DeviceReport.Minute,
- DeviceReport.Second);
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" +
- ex.Message +
- "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() +
- " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() +
- " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() +
- "\n\nUsing current date and time.";
- dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;
- dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;
- }
-
- try
- {
- nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;
- }
-
- MessageBox.Show(msgText);
- }
- catch (Exception ex)
- {
- MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
- }
- }
-
- private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
- {
-
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
deleted file mode 100644
index 19dc0dd8b..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<root>
- <!--
- Microsoft ResX Schema
-
- Version 2.0
-
- The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
- that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
- various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
- associated with the data types.
-
- Example:
-
- ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
- <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
- <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
- <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
- <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
- <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
- <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
- <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
- <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
- </data>
- <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
- <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
- <comment>This is a comment</comment>
- </data>
-
- There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
- name/value pairs.
-
- Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
- type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
- text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
- Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
- mimetype set.
-
- The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
- ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
- extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
-
- Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
- that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
- read any of the formats listed below.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
- value : The object must be serialized with
- : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
- value : The object must be serialized with
- : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
- value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
- : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
- -->
- <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
- <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
- <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
- <xsd:element name="metadata">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="assembly">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="data">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
- <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
- <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="resheader">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- </xsd:choice>
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- </xsd:schema>
- <resheader name="resmimetype">
- <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="version">
- <value>2.0</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="reader">
- <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="writer">
- <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
- </resheader>
-</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c19edd21..000000000
Binary files a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a7112fc0..000000000
Binary files a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 3693c6ca0..000000000
Binary files a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 2588e60c1..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-using System.Windows.Forms;
-
-namespace Project1HostApp
-{
- static class Program
- {
- /// <summary>
- /// The main entry point for the application.
- /// </summary>
- [STAThread]
- static void Main()
- {
- Application.EnableVisualStyles();
- Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
- Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index a4d0ab1d5..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-using System.Reflection;
-using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
-using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
-
-// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
-// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
-// associated with an assembly.
-[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")]
-[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
-[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")]
-[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
-[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
-
-// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
-// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
-// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
-[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
-
-// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
-[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")]
-
-// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
-//
-// Major Version
-// Minor Version
-// Build Number
-// Revision
-//
-// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
-// by using the '*' as shown below:
-// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
-[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
-[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 63b1af40d..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// <auto-generated>
-// This code was generated by a tool.
-// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
-//
-// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
-// the code is regenerated.
-// </auto-generated>
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
- using System;
-
-
- /// <summary>
- /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
- /// </summary>
- // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
- // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
- // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
- // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
- [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
- [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
- [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
- internal class Resources {
-
- private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
-
- private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
-
- [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
- internal Resources() {
- }
-
- /// <summary>
- /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
- /// </summary>
- [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
- internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
- get {
- if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
- global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
- resourceMan = temp;
- }
- return resourceMan;
- }
- }
-
- /// <summary>
- /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
- /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
- /// </summary>
- [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
- internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
- get {
- return resourceCulture;
- }
- set {
- resourceCulture = value;
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
deleted file mode 100644
index af7dbebba..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<root>
- <!--
- Microsoft ResX Schema
-
- Version 2.0
-
- The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
- that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
- various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
- associated with the data types.
-
- Example:
-
- ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
- <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
- <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
- <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
- <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
- <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
- <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
- <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
- <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
- </data>
- <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
- <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
- <comment>This is a comment</comment>
- </data>
-
- There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
- name/value pairs.
-
- Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
- type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
- text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
- Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
- mimetype set.
-
- The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
- ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
- extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
-
- Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
- that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
- read any of the formats listed below.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
- value : The object must be serialized with
- : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
- value : The object must be serialized with
- : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
-
- mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
- value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
- : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
- : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
- -->
- <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
- <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
- <xsd:element name="metadata">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="assembly">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="data">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
- <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- <xsd:element name="resheader">
- <xsd:complexType>
- <xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
- </xsd:sequence>
- <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- </xsd:choice>
- </xsd:complexType>
- </xsd:element>
- </xsd:schema>
- <resheader name="resmimetype">
- <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="version">
- <value>2.0</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="reader">
- <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
- </resheader>
- <resheader name="writer">
- <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
- </resheader>
-</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 95fc3ad58..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// <auto-generated>
-// This code was generated by a tool.
-// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
-//
-// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
-// the code is regenerated.
-// </auto-generated>
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
-
-
- [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
- [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
- internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
-
- private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
-
- public static Settings Default {
- get {
- return defaultInstance;
- }
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
deleted file mode 100644
index 39645652a..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
-<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
- <Profiles>
- <Profile Name="(Default)" />
- </Profiles>
- <Settings />
-</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ab6b9a83a..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/
-
-This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,
-Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of
-Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system
-that has both hiddev and Mono.
-
-Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and
-64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often
-neglected.
-
-
-Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.
-
-Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET
-Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).
-
-
-A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate
-methods.
-
-LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other
-examples on common devices are welcomed.
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
deleted file mode 100644
index 8517d6f42..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
- <PropertyGroup>
- <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
- <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
- <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
- <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
- <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid>
- <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
- <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
- <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace>
- <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName>
- <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
- <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
- <FileUpgradeFlags>
- </FileUpgradeFlags>
- <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
- <UpgradeBackupLocation />
- </PropertyGroup>
- <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
- <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
- <DebugType>full</DebugType>
- <Optimize>false</Optimize>
- <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
- <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
- <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
- <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
- </PropertyGroup>
- <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
- <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
- <Optimize>true</Optimize>
- <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
- <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
- <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
- <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
- </PropertyGroup>
- <ItemGroup>
- <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL">
- <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion>
- <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath>
- </Reference>
- <Reference Include="System" />
- <Reference Include="System.Core">
- <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
- </Reference>
- <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
- <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
- </Reference>
- <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
- <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
- </Reference>
- <Reference Include="System.Data" />
- <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
- <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
- <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
- <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
- </ItemGroup>
- <ItemGroup>
- <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs">
- <SubType>Form</SubType>
- </Compile>
- <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs">
- <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
- </Compile>
- <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
- <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
- <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx">
- <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
- <SubType>Designer</SubType>
- </EmbeddedResource>
- <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
- <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
- <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
- <SubType>Designer</SubType>
- </EmbeddedResource>
- <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
- <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
- <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
- <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
- </Compile>
- <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
- <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
- <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
- </None>
- <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
- <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
- <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
- <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
- </Compile>
- </ItemGroup>
- <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
- <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
- Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
- <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
- </Target>
- <Target Name="AfterBuild">
- </Target>
- -->
-</Project>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
deleted file mode 100644
index fdb4ad9b6..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-"""
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-"""
-
-"""
- Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script
- configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user
- defined logging interval.
-
- The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to
- a multiple of 500ms.
-
- Usage:
- python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval>
-
- Example:
- python temp_log_config.py 500
-
- Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
-"""
-
-import sys
-from datetime import datetime
-import pywinusb.hid as hid
-
-# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
-# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
-device_vid = 0x03EB
-device_pid = 0x2063
-report_length = 1 + 7
-
-
-def get_hid_device_handle():
- hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
- product_id=device_pid)
-
- valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
-
- if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
- return None
- else:
- return valid_hid_devices[0]
-
-
-def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms):
- # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero)
- report_data = [0]
-
- # Followed by the time/date data
- report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute,
- time_date.second, time_date.day,
- time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000])
-
- # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time
- report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms])
-
- # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
- report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
-
- # Send the generated report to the device
- device.send_output_report(report_data)
-
-
-def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms):
- hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
-
- if hid_device is None:
- print("No valid HID device found.")
- sys.exit(1)
-
- try:
- hid_device.open()
-
- print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
- (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
- hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
-
- configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms)
-
- print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date)
- print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0)))
-
- finally:
- hid_device.close()
-
-
-if __name__ == '__main__':
- time_date = datetime.now()
- log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2
-
- # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range
- log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01)
- log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF)
-
- main(time_date, log_interval_500ms)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d4e0b5e8..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project
- *
- * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
- * <td>Mass Storage Device \n
- * Human Interface Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
- * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
- * Keyboard Subclass</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
- * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
- * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
- * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
- * USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by
- * the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem
- * each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage
- * device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the
- * logging commences.
- *
- * A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the
- * sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token
- * is specified - see \ref Sec_Options.
- *
- * Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.
- * For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system.
- *
- * This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library
- * LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).
- *
- * \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
- * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- * <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system
- * clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ca08c55b4..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<asf xmlversion="1.0">
- <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">
- <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>
- <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
- <generator value="as5_8"/>
-
- <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
- <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
-
- <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
- <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
- </project>
-
- <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">
- <info type="description" value="summary">
- Temperature Datalogger project.
- </info>
-
- <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
-
- <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
- <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
- <keyword value="USB Device"/>
- <keyword value="HID Class"/>
- <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
- </info>
-
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
- <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>
- <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
-
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
-
- <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
- <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
-
- <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
- <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
- <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
- <require idref="lufa.common"/>
- <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
- <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>
- </module>
-</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 395984174..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2397 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.9
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "Temperature Datalogger Project"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
-# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
-# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
-# the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
-# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
-# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
-# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
-# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
-# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
-# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
-# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
-# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
-# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
- TempLogHostApp/ \
- TempLogHostApp_Python/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
- INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
-# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
-# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
-# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
-# to HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
-# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
-# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
-# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
-# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
-# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
-# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
-# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
-
-# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
-# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
-
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index fea6fea91..000000000
--- a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = TempDataLogger
-SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \
- $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
-LD_FLAGS =
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
-DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
-include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
-
-# Include common DMBS build system modules
-DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
-include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
--
cgit v1.2.3